blob: 27c65daccfff6074537fbd046e8c8e8669e72c01 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.0. Last change: 2022 Dec 26
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +0100218and the underscore. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*". However, Vim does not give
Bram Moolenaar75ab5902022-04-18 15:36:40 +0100219an error when using other characters. The maximum length of a group name is
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +0000220about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
274The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
275For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
276The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
277highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
278after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
279
280Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
281can be used for the same group.
282
283The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
284 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
285
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200286 *hl-Ignore*
287When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
288mechanism. See |conceal|.
289
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000290==============================================================================
2913. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
292
293This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
294issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
295located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
296
297":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
298
299 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
300 |
301 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
302 |
303 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
304 | |
305 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
306 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
307 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
308 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
309 | | set yet.
310 | |
311 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
312 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
313 | |
314 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
315 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
316 |
317 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
318 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
319 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
320 | |
321 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
322 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
323 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
324 | |
325 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
326 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
327 | | *synload-4*
328 | |
329 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
330 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
331 | |
332 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
333 |
334 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
335 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
336 |
337 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
338 already loaded buffer.
339
340
341Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
342
343 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
344 |
345 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
346 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
347 | option is set to the file type.
348 |
349 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
350 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
351 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
352 | |
353 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
354 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
355 | |
356 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
357 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
358 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
359 |
360 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
361 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
362 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
363 |
364 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
365 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
366 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
367 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
368 |
369 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
370 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
371 syntax.
372
373==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003744. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000375
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003762html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200377window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000378
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200379After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
380colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
381|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
382or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200383|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
384in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200385
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000386You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
387Source the script to convert the current file: >
388
389 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
390<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200391Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
392options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
393the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
394|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000395
396Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200397- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000398- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200399- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100400 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
401 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402
403Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
404Unix shell: >
405 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
406<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200407 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
408To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
409command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
410and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
411
412 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
413 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
414 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
415<
416 *:TOhtml*
417:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
418 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200419 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
420 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
421 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
422 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200423
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200424 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
425 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
426 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
427 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
428 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
429 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
430 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
431 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200432
433 Examples: >
434
435 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
436 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
437 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
438<
439 *g:html_diff_one_file*
440Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200441When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
442page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4431, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200444Example: >
445
446 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
447<
448 *g:html_whole_filler*
449Default: 0.
450When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
451is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
452of inserted lines.
453When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
454not set.
455>
456 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
457<
458 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
459Default: 0.
460When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4612html.vim conversion process.
462When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
463but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
464files it can take a long time!
465Example: >
466
467 let g:html_no_progress = 1
468<
469You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
470run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
471moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
472
473 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
474<
475Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
476need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
477conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
478script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
479specifying each command separately.
480
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100481 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
482When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
483as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
484current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
485have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
486differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
487your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
488
489 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
490<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200491 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100492Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200493When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
494When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
495highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
496Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
497 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
498Force to omit the line numbers: >
499 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
500Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
501 :unlet g:html_number_lines
502<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100503 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200504Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
505When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
506inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
507takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
508pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
509view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200510(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200511javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
512For example: >
513
514 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
515 page.html#123 does the same
516
517 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
518 diff.html#42 does the same
519<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200520 *g:html_use_css*
521Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100522When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
523browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
525recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
526forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
527Example: >
528 :let g:html_use_css = 0
529<
530 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
531Default: 0.
532When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
533from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
534value of 'conceallevel'.
535When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
536|conceal|ed.
537
538Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
539included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
540 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
541 :setl conceallevel=0
542<
543 *g:html_ignore_folding*
544Default: 0.
545When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
546Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
547the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
548When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
549text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
550
551Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
552in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
553 zR
554 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
555<
556 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
557Default: 0.
558When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
559When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
560in Vim.
561
562Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
563regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
564
565This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
566>
567 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
568<
569 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
570Default: 0.
571When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
572Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
573open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
574'foldcolumn' setting.
575When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
576folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
577>
578 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
579<
580 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100581Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200582This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
583when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
584for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
585line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
586affected in this way as follows:
587 f: fold column
588 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
589 t: fold text
590 d: diff filler
591
592Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
593 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
594<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100595The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
596of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
597
598 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
599Default: "fallback"
600If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
601
602When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
603uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
604selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
605pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
606invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100607Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100608browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
609
610When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
611older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
612<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
613to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
614number of browsers, both old and new.
615
616When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
617generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
618Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
619the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
620standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200621
622 *g:html_no_invalid*
623Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100624When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
625not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
626element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
627in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
628paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
629invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
630<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
631remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200632
633 *g:html_hover_unfold*
634Default: 0.
635When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
636|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
637When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
638cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
639disabled javascript to view the folded text.
640
641Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
642feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
643normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
644they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
645>
646 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
647<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200648 *g:html_id_expr*
649Default: ""
650Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
651to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
652longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
653evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
654so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
655larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
656
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000657 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200658<
659To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
660
661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
662<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100663Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200664evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
665windows.
666
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200667 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100668Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200669When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
670not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
671When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
672used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
673window.
674Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
675 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
676Explicitly disable wrapping: >
677 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
678Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
679 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
680<
681 *g:html_no_pre*
682Default: 0.
683When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
684tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
685characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
686When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
687used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
688references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
689text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
690old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
691the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
692>
693 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
694<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100695 *g:html_no_doc*
696Default: 0.
697When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
698<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
699define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
700settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
701
702
703 *g:html_no_links*
704Default: 0.
705Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
706
707 *g:html_no_modeline*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
710
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200711 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100712Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
713 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
714 1 otherwise.
715When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200716number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100717When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200718are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
719allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
720the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
721indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
722
723Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
724 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
725<
726Force tabs to be expanded: >
727 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
728<
729 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
730It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
731|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
732
733If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
734for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
735'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
736set to match the chosen document encoding.
737
738Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
739|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
740wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
741encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
742below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
743
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100744Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200745the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
746
747 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
748 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
749
750 *g:html_use_encoding*
751Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
752To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
753name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
754something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
755webserver: >
756 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
757You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
758entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
759 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
760To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
761variable: >
762 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
763<
764 *g:html_encoding_override*
765Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
766 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
767This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
768specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
769list of conversions.
770
771This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
772pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
773
774Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
775 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
776<
777 *g:html_charset_override*
778Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
779 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
780 browser support.
781This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
782'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
783use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
784TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
785and UTF-32 instead, use: >
786 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
787
788Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
789compatibility problems with some major browsers.
790
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200791 *g:html_font*
792Default: "monospace"
793You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
794g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
795surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
796item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
797way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
798result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
799Examples: >
800
801 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
802 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
803
804 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
805 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
806<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200807 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
808Default: 0.
809When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
810When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
811>
812 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
813<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100814==============================================================================
8155. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
816
817 *b:current_syntax-variable*
818Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
819"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
820settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
821 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
822 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
823 :au BufReadPost * endif
824
825
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000826
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000827ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000828
829ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
830any value to the respective variable. Example: >
831 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
832To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
833 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
834
835Variable Highlight ~
836abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
837abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
838
839
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000840ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000841
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000842See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000843
844
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000845ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000846
847The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000848by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000849by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000850and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000851
852 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
853
854will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
855
856 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
857 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
858 ]]></script>
859
860See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
861
862
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000863APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000864
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100865The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
866version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000867
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
869 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000870ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
871 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
874doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
875startup vimrc: >
876 :let filetype_i = "asm"
877Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
878
879There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
880extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
881line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
882files are included:
883 asm GNU assembly (the default)
884 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
885 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
886 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
887 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
888 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
889 nasm Netwide assembly
890 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
891 MMX)
892 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
893
894The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100895 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000896Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100897one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200898immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
899equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
900between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
901particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
902highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000903
904The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
905b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000906 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
909the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
910language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000911 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000912
913As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
914
915
916Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
917
918To enable a feature: >
919 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
920To disable a feature: >
921 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
922
923Variable Highlight ~
924nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
925 (parser dependent; not recommended)
926nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
927nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
928
929
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000930ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000931
932*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
933hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
934using. For Perl script use: >
935 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
936 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
937For Visual Basic use: >
938 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
939 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
940
941
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000942BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000943
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200944The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000945for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
946are supported.
947
948Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
949in ones |.vimrc|: >
950 let baan_code_stds=1
951
952*baan-folding*
953
954Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
955mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
956source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
957
958To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
959 let baan_fold=1
960Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
961indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
962considered equal to a tab). >
963 let baan_fold_block=1
964Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000965SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000966match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
967 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000968Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000969the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
970.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
971 set foldminlines=5
972 set foldnestmax=6
973
974
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000975BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000976
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000977Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000978which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
979five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
980otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
981Basic.
982
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000983If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
984example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
985 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
986
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000987
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000988C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000989
990A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100991(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000992 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100993 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
994To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000995 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100996Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000997
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +0100998An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
999 :set filetype=cpp
1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001001Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001002*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1003*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
1004*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1005*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
1006*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1007*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1008*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001009 except { and } in first column
Bram Moolenaar09521312016-08-12 22:54:35 +02001010 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1011 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001012*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1013 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001014*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
1015*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
1016*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1017*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
1018*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001019 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001020*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1021*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1022*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1023*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1024*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001025
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001026When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1027become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1028 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001029"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1030 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001031
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001032If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1033when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1034to a larger number: >
1035 :let c_minlines = 100
1036This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1037displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1038disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1039
1040When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1041works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1042you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1043
1044To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1045Example: >
1046 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1047 :function MyCadd()
1048 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1049 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1050 : hi link cMyItem Title
1051 :endfun
1052
1053ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1054"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1055not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1056highlighting: >
1057 :hi link cConstant NONE
1058
1059If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1060highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1061
1062If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001063in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001064~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001065 syn sync fromstart
1066 set foldmethod=syntax
1067
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001068CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001069
1070C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1071the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1072
1073By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1074of C or C++: >
1075 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1076
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001077
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001078CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001079
1080Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1081that are available. Additionally there is:
1082
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001083chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1084chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1085chill_minlines like c_minlines
1086
1087
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001088CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001089
1090ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1091If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1092 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1093This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1094"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1095file).
1096
1097You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1098 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1099Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1100 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1101This works immediately.
1102
1103
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001104CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1105
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001106 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1107
1108Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1109but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1110|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1111syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001112>
1113 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001114 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1115 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001116 \ }
1117<
1118Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1119
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001120There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1121this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1122dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001123
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001124By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1125"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1126namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001127
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001128
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001129 *g:clojure_fold*
1130
1131Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1132list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1133the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1134
1135
1136 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1137
1138Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1139reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001140>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001141 #_(defn foo [x]
1142 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001143<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001144Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1145(e.g. `#_#_`).
1146
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001147
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001148COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001149
1150COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1151development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1152versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1153add this line to your .vimrc: >
1154 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1155To disable it again, use this: >
1156 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1157
1158
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001159COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001160
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001161The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001162comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1163
1164 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1165
1166The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1167
1168
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001169CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1170
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001171Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001172
1173Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001174cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001175cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001176cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1177cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001178
1179
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001180CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001181
1182This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1183used.
1184
1185Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1186symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1187between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001188"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1189>
1190 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001191
1192For using tcsh: >
1193
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001194 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001195
1196Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1197tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001198will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001199"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1200variable.
1201
1202
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001203CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001204
1205Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001206hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001207or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001208normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001209line to your .vimrc file: >
1210
1211 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1212
1213Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1214
1215 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1216
1217To disable these again, use this: >
1218
1219 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1220 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1221<
1222
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001223CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001224
1225Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1226doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1227startup vimrc: >
1228 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1229
1230
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001231DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1232
1233Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1234used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1235a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1236from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1237
1238More information about the language and its development environment at the
1239official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1240
1241dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1242type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1243and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1244framework.
1245
1246Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1247
1248https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1249
1250
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001251DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001252
1253Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001254according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001255https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1256To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1257 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1258Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1259To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1260 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1261g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001262
1263
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001264DIFF *diff.vim*
1265
1266The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1267there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1268
1269 :let diff_translations = 0
1270
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001271Also see |diff-slow|.
1272
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001273
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001274DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001275
1276The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1277provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1278the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1279versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1280uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1281line to your startup file: >
1282 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1283
1284
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001285DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001286DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1287DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001288
1289There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1290are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1291automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1292defaults to XML.
1293You can set the type manually: >
1294 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1295or: >
1296 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1297You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1298Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1299 :set filetype=docbksgml
1300or: >
1301 :set filetype=docbkxml
1302
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001303You can specify the DocBook version: >
1304 :let docbk_ver = 3
1305When not set 4 is used.
1306
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001307
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001308DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001309
1310There is one option with highlighting DOS batch files. This covers new
1311extensions to the Command Interpreter introduced with Windows 2000 and
1312is controlled by the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For Windows NT
1313this should have the value 1, and for Windows 2000 it should be 2.
1314Select the version you want with the following line: >
1315
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001316 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001317
1318If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
1319Windows 2000.
1320
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001321A second option covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001322"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1323is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001324
1325 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1326
1327If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1328
1329
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001330DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1331
1332Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001333(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1334idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001335
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001336There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1337explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1338Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001339 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1340or >
1341 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1342
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001343It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1344the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1345adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001346 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1347
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001348There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1349and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001350
1351Variable Default Effect ~
1352g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1353g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1354 doxygen comments.
1355
1356doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1357 and html_my_rendering underline.
1358
1359doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1360 colour highlighting.
1361
1362doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001363 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001364
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001365There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001366configuration.
1367
1368Highlight Effect ~
1369doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1370 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1371doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1372 \endlink from a \link section.
1373
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001374
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001375DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001376
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001377The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001378case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1379
1380 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1381
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001382The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001383this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1384
1385 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1386
1387before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1388Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1389'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1390Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1391highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001392delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001393
1394 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1395
1396The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1397
1398
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001399EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001400
1401While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001402syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1403highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001404highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1405
1406 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1407
1408Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1409
1410Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1411
1412 :let eiffel_strict=1
1413 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1414
1415Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1416five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1417"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1418
1419Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1420guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1421lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1422
1423If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1424"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1425
1426 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1427
1428instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1429
1430Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1431experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1432
1433 :let eiffel_ise=1
1434
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001435Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001436
1437 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1438
1439to your startup file.
1440
1441
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001442EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1443
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001444Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001445version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001446Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1447
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001448Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1449for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001450(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1451
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001452The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1453
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001454 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1455 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1456
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001457To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001458auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1459add the following line to your startup file: >
1460
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001461 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001462
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001463< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001464
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001465 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1466
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001467Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001468specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1469file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1470filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1471Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001472
1473
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001474ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001475
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001476Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001477the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001478
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001479The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1480put the following line in your vimrc: >
1481
1482 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1483
1484To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1485
1486 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001487
1488
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001489ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1490
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001491Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1492maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001493
1494The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1495
1496 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1497
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001498Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001499specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1500file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1501filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1502Elixir.
1503
1504
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001505FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1506
1507FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001508NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001509development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001510
1511Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1512syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1513editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1514start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1515'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1516(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1517and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1518
1519If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1520move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1521 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1522
1523
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001524FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001525
1526The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1527modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001528following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001529J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1530
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001531If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001532redefine the following syntax groups:
1533
1534 - formConditional
1535 - formNumber
1536 - formStatement
1537 - formHeaderStatement
1538 - formComment
1539 - formPreProc
1540 - formDirective
1541 - formType
1542 - formString
1543
1544Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1545directives per default in the same syntax group.
1546
1547A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001548header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001549this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1550
1551 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1552
1553The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001554gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001555conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1556
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001557Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1558should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1559the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1560
1561If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1562example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1563 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1564
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001565
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001566FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1567
1568Files matching "*.fs" could be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection
1569doesn't work for you, or you don't edit F# at all, use this in your
1570startup vimrc: >
1571 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1572
1573
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001574FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001575
1576Default highlighting and dialect ~
Bram Moolenaar6ee8d892012-01-10 14:55:01 +01001577Highlighting appropriate for Fortran 2008 is used by default. This choice
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001578should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 2008 is
1579almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2003, 95, 90, and 77).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001580
1581Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001582Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001583syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1584
1585When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001586form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001587 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001588in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1589source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001590 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1591in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1592
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001593If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1594extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1595file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1596will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1597on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001598
1599When you edit an existing fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
1600source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001601fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001602neither of these variables have been set, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001603determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1604using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1605compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
1606free-source). If none of this works, then the script examines the first five
1607columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If no signs of free source form
1608are detected, then the file is assumed to be in fixed source form. The
1609algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases. In some cases, such as a
1610file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments, the script may
1611incorrectly decide that the fortran code is in fixed form. If that happens,
1612just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five columns
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01001613of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w) and then reload (:e!) the file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001614
1615Tabs in fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001616Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001617fixed format fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001618Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
1619using tabs. If your fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001620variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1621 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001622placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001623mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1624
1625Syntax folding of fortran files ~
1626If you wish to use foldmethod=syntax, then you must first set the variable
1627fortran_fold with a command such as >
1628 :let fortran_fold=1
1629to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1630is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001631subprograms, block data subprograms, interface blocks, and modules. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001632also set the variable fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
1633 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
1634then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, and select
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001635case constructs. If you also set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001636fortran_fold_multilinecomments with a command such as >
1637 :let fortran_fold_multilinecomments=1
1638then fold regions will also be defined for three or more consecutive comment
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001639lines. Note that defining fold regions can be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001640
1641If fortran_fold, and possibly fortran_fold_conditionals and/or
1642fortran_fold_multilinecomments, have been set, then vim will fold your file if
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001643you set foldmethod=syntax. Comments or blank lines placed between two program
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001644units are not folded because they are seen as not belonging to any program
1645unit.
1646
1647More precise fortran syntax ~
1648If you set the variable fortran_more_precise with a command such as >
1649 :let fortran_more_precise=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001650then the syntax coloring will be more precise but slower. In particular,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001651statement labels used in do, goto and arithmetic if statements will be
1652recognized, as will construct names at the end of a do, if, select or forall
1653construct.
1654
1655Non-default fortran dialects ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001656The syntax script supports two Fortran dialects: f08 and F. You will probably
1657find the default highlighting (f08) satisfactory. A few legacy constructs
1658deleted or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard are highlighted as todo
1659items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001660
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001661If you use F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is that
1662other legacy features excluded from F will be highlighted as todo items and
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001663that free source form will be assumed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001664
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001665The dialect can be selected in various ways. If all your fortran files use
1666the same dialect, set the global variable fortran_dialect in your .vimrc prior
1667to your syntax on statement. The case-sensitive, permissible values of
1668fortran_dialect are "f08" or "F". Invalid values of fortran_dialect are
1669ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001670
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001671If the dialect depends upon the file extension, then it is most convenient to
1672set a buffer-local variable in a ftplugin file. For more information on
1673ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your fortran files with
1674an .f90 extension are written in the F subset, your ftplugin file should
1675contain the code >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001676 let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
1677 if s:extfname ==? "f90"
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001678 let b:fortran_dialect="F"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001679 else
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001680 unlet! b:fortran_dialect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001681 endif
1682Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
1683precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
1684
1685Finer control is necessary if the file extension does not uniquely identify
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001686the dialect. You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis,
1687by including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=F or
1688f08) in one of the first three lines in your file. For example, your older .f
1689files may be legacy code but your newer ones may be F codes, and you would
1690identify the latter by including in the first three lines of those files a
1691Fortran comment of the form >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001692 ! fortran_dialect=F
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001693
1694For previous versions of the syntax, you may have set fortran_dialect to the
1695now-obsolete values "f77", "f90", "f95", or "elf". Such settings will be
1696silently handled as "f08". Users of "elf" may wish to experiment with "F"
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001697instead.
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001698
1699The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1700comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1701non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1702or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001703items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001704
1705Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001706Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1707strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001708because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1709
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001710For further information related to fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
1711|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001712
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001713FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1714
1715FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1716dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1717for how to select the correct dialect.
1718
1719Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1720
1721Variable Highlight ~
1722*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1723*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1724*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1725*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1726
1727
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001728
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001729FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001730
1731In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1732the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1733appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1734patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1735number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1736
1737For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1738as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1739
1740 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1741 \ set filetype=fvwm
1742
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001743GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001744
1745The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1746the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1747is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1748are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1749
1750 htmlString
1751 htmlValue
1752 htmlEndTag
1753 htmlTag
1754 htmlTagN
1755
1756Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1757java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1758group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1759correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1760to the contains clause.
1761
1762The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1763group to make them easier to see.
1764
1765
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001766GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001767
1768The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001769under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001770of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1771filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1772(see |filetype.txt|).
1773
1774
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001775HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001776
1777The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001778Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001779syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1780
1781If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1782light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1783 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1784To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1785add: >
1786 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1787To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1788 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1789And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1790 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1791If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1792your .vimrc: >
1793 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1794
1795The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1796directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001797directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1798operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001799as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1800 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1801
1802The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1803automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1804TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001805or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001806in your .vimrc >
1807 :let lhs_markup = none
1808for no highlighting at all, or >
1809 :let lhs_markup = tex
1810to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1811For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1812this variable, so e.g. >
1813 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001814will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001815set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1816loading a file.
1817
1818
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001819HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001820
1821The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1822
1823The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1824This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001825closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1826are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001827
1828Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1829names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1830makes it easy to spot errors
1831
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001832Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001833names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1834
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001835Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001836are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1837text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1838while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001839only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001840<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001841
1842If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1843following syntax groups:
1844
1845 - htmlBold
1846 - htmlBoldUnderline
1847 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1848 - htmlUnderline
1849 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1850 - htmlItalic
1851 - htmlTitle for titles
1852 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1853
1854To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1855of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1856following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1857are read during initialization) >
1858 :let html_my_rendering=1
1859
1860If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1861http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1862
1863You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1864vimrc file: >
1865 :let html_no_rendering=1
1866
1867HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1868details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1869However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001870ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001871 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1872
1873JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1874'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001875programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1876currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001877
1878Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1879
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001880There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1881written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001882following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1883(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001884>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001885 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1886 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1887
1888Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1889the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1890
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001891 *html-folding*
1892The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1893and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1894
1895 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1896 :set foldmethod=syntax
1897
1898Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1899especially for large files.
1900
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001901
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001902HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001903
1904The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1905
1906Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1907doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1908this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1909different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1910 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1911
1912Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1913
1914Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1915signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1916a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1917 :set syntax=htmlos
1918
1919Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1920block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1921
1922
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001923IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001924
1925Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1926how to recognize this filetype.
1927
1928To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1929 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1930
1931
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001932INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001933
1934Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1935most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1936to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1937 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1938
1939By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1940and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1941you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1942need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1943 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1944
1945This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1946set of highlighted system functions.
1947
1948The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1949it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1950by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1951startup sequence: >
1952 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1953
1954By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1955version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1956Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1957startup sequence: >
1958 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1959
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001960IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1961
1962IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1963Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1964
1965IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1966rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001967repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001968
1969There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1970are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1971
1972The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1973
1974Variable Effect ~
1975
1976idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1977 extensions
1978idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1979idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1980 quite helpful)
1981idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1982
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001983
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001984JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001985
1986The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1987
1988In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1989flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001990classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
1991old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001992 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
1993
1994All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
1995highlight them use: >
1996 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
1997
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001998You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001999download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
2000If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
2001use the following: >
2002 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
2003Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2004
2005Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002006how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002007functions:
2008
2009If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
2010a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
2011 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
2012However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
2013supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
2014 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
2015If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
2016declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
2017definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
2018original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
2019
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002020In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002021only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002022statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002023your startup file: >
2024 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2025The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002026characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002027new highlightings for the following groups.:
2028 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2029which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002030strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002031have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002032
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002033Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2034creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2035similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2036and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002037 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2038 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2039 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2040 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2041 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002042 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002043 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2044To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2045 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2046
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002047If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2048can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2049scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2050actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2051CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002052 :let java_javascript=1
2053 :let java_css=1
2054 :let java_vb=1
2055
2056In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2057for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2058 :hi link javaParen Comment
2059or >
2060 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2061
2062If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2063when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2064to a larger number: >
2065 :let java_minlines = 50
2066This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2067displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2068number is that redrawing can become slow.
2069
2070
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002071JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2072
2073The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2074default. To disable concealment: >
2075 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2076
2077To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2078 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2079
2080
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002081LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002082
2083Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2084style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2085define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2086 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2087
2088
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002089LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002090
2091Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2092gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2093 :syn sync minlines=300
2094may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2095difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2096
2097
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002098LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2099
2100To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2101
2102 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2103<
2104
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002105LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2106
2107The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2108
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002109 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002110 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2111 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002112 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002113 of parenthesization will receive different
2114 highlighting.
2115<
2116The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2117the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2118colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2119specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002120usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002121highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2122
2123
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002124LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002125
2126There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2127
2128If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2129
2130 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2131
2132For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2133set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2134
2135 :let lite_minlines = 200
2136
2137
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002138LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002139
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002140LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002141file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2142users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2143should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2144
2145 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2146
2147If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
2148modeline. For a LPC file:
2149
2150 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2151
2152For a C file that is recognized as LPC:
2153
2154 // vim:set ft=c:
2155
2156If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2157
2158There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002159used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002160and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002161assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002162you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2163
2164 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2165
2166For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2167
2168 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2169
2170For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2171
2172 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2173
2174For uLPC series of LPC:
2175uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2176instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2177
2178
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002179LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002180
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002181The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002182the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2183lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +010021845.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this:
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002185
2186 :let lua_version = 5
2187 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002188
2189
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002190MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002191
2192Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002193quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002194signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2195whitespaces and end with a newline.
2196
2197Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002198as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002199only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2200
2201By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002202displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002203with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2204
2205 :let mail_minlines = 30
2206
2207
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002208MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002209
2210In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2211errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2212feature off by using: >
2213
2214 :let make_no_commands = 1
2215
2216
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002217MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002218
2219Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2220supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2221The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2222highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2223
2224 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2225
2226to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2227choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22281, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2229$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2230
2231 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2232 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2233 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2234 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2235 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2236 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2237 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2238 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2239 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2240
2241
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002242MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2243
2244If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2245slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
2246the start of a region, for example 500 lines: >
2247
2248 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2249
2250
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002251MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002252
2253Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2254have the following in your .vimrc: >
2255
2256 let filetype_m = "mma"
2257
2258
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002259MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002260
2261If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2262highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2263comments: >
2264
2265 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2266
2267To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2268
2269 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2270
2271To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2272'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2273
2274 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2275
2276Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2277
2278 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2279
2280To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2281
2282 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2283
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002284Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002285use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2286To enable this option: >
2287
2288 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2289
2290An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2291
2292 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2293
2294
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002295MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002296
2297There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2298
2299If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2300
2301 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2302
2303For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2304set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2305
2306 :let msql_minlines = 200
2307
2308
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002309N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2310
2311N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2312Couchbase Server databases.
2313
2314Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2315and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2316many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2317
2318
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002319NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002320
2321There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2322
2323If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2324errors, use this: >
2325
2326 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2327
2328If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2329
2330
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002331NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002332
2333The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2334activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2335can use them.
2336
2337For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002338processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002339features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2340|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002341
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002342 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002343
2344Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2345Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2346there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002347you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002348can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2349native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2350\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2351accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2352environments.
2353
2354In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2355follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2356
23571. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2358
23592. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2360 exclamation mark, etc.
2361
23623. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2363 carriage return.
2364
2365The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2366algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2367
2368Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2369furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2370vertical space input will be output as is.
2371
2372Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2373than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2374practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002375marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002376need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002377spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2378
2379 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2380
2381Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2382with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2383highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002384"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002385
2386 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2387 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2388 \ gui=reverse,bold
2389
2390If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2391with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2392file: >
2393
2394 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2395
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002396As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002397paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2398
2399Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2400groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2401
2402
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002403OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002404
2405The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2406.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2407
2408 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2409
2410you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2411by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2412
2413 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2414
2415prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2416contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2417
2418
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002419PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002420
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002421The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002422and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002423as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2424sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002425you set the variable: >
2426
2427 :let papp_include_html=1
2428
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002429in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002430sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002431edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002432
2433The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2434http://papp.plan9.de.
2435
2436
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002437PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002438
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002439Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2440could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2441or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002442
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002443 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2444 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002445
2446The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2447provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002448Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002449enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2450following line to your startup file: >
2451
2452 :let pascal_traditional=1
2453
2454To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2455keywords, etc): >
2456
2457 :let pascal_delphi=1
2458
2459
2460The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2461*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2462operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2463
2464 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2465
2466Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2467
2468 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2469
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002470Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002471pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2472match Turbo Pascal. >
2473
2474 :let pascal_gpc=1
2475
2476or >
2477
2478 :let pascal_fpc=1
2479
2480To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2481pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2482
2483 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2484
2485If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2486will be highlighted as Error. >
2487
2488 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2489
2490
2491
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002492PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002493
2494There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2495
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002496Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2497to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2498files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002499
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002500 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002501
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002502To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002503off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002504
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002505To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2506from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002507
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002508 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002509
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002510(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2511enabled it.)
2512
2513If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2514
2515 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2516
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002517(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002518
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002519The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2520be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002521perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2522
2523 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2524 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2525 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2526
2527(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2528
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002529The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002530synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2531If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002532then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can
2533figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002534
2535One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2536
2537 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2538 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2539
2540Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2541its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2542
2543 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2544
2545If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2546
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002547 :let perl_fold = 1
2548
2549If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2550
2551 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002552
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002553Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2554this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002555
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002556 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002557
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002558Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2559via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002560
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002561 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2562
2563Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2564behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2565
2566 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002567
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002568PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002569
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002570[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002571it has been renamed to "php"]
2572
2573There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2574
2575If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2576
2577 let php_sql_query = 1
2578
2579For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2580
2581 let php_baselib = 1
2582
2583Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2584
2585 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2586
2587Using the old colorstyle: >
2588
2589 let php_oldStyle = 1
2590
2591Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2592
2593 let php_asp_tags = 1
2594
2595Disable short tags: >
2596
2597 let php_noShortTags = 1
2598
2599For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2600
2601 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2602
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002603For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002604one: >
2605
2606 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2607
2608Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2609
2610 let php_folding = 1
2611
2612Selecting syncing method: >
2613
2614 let php_sync_method = x
2615
2616x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2617x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2618x = 0 to sync from start.
2619
2620
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002621PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2622
2623TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2624variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002625see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002626
2627This syntax file has the option >
2628
2629 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2630
2631if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2632
2633
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002634PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002635
2636PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2637
2638This syntax file has the options:
2639
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002640- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002641 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002642
2643 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002644 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002645
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002646 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002647 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002648 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002649
2650 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2651
2652- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2653 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2654
2655
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002656PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002657
2658There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2659
2660If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2661
2662 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2663
2664For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2665set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2666
2667 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2668
2669
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002670POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002671
2672There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2673
2674First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2675currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2676and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2677Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2678extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2679level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2680highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2681
2682 :let postscr_level=2
2683
2684If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2685the most prevalent version currently.
2686
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002687Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002688particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2689PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2690
2691If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2692Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2693follows: >
2694
2695 :let postscr_display=1
2696
2697If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2698Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2699postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2700
2701 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2702
2703PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2704useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2705cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2706character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2707explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2708highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2709
2710 :let postscr_fonts=1
2711 :let postscr_encodings=1
2712
2713There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2714PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2715operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2716if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2717operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2718or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2719highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2720postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2721
2722 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2723<
2724
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002725 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2726PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002727
2728This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2729
2730In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2731the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2732appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2733patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2734"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2735
2736For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2737files, add the following: >
2738
2739 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2740 \ set filetype=ptcap
2741
2742If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2743are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2744internal variable to a larger number: >
2745
2746 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2747
2748(The default is 20 lines.)
2749
2750
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002751PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002752
2753Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2754doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2755startup vimrc: >
2756 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2757The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2758Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2759 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2760 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2761
2762
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002763PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002764
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002765There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002766
2767For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002768 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002769
2770For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002771 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002772
2773For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002774 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2775
2776For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2777 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2778or >
2779 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
2780(first option implies second one).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002781
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002782For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002783 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002784
2785If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002786preceding last option and unsetting all other ones): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002787 :let python_highlight_all = 1
2788
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002789Note: Only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002790 1 above with anything.
2791
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002792QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002793
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002794The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2795based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2796between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2797definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2798to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2799be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002800
2801set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2802 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2803
2804set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2805 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2806
2807set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2808 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2809
2810Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2811commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2812
2813
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002814R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2815
2816The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2817can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2818 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2819
2820You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2821 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2822
2823enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2824braces: >
2825 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2826
2827and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2828 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2829
2830
2831R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2832
2833To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2834 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2835
2836To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
2837 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
2838
2839To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
2840 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2841
2842By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
2843language. If you want proper syntax highlighting of chunks of other languages,
2844you should add them to either `markdown_fenced_languages` or
2845`rmd_fenced_languages`. For example to properly highlight both R and Python,
2846you may add this to your |vimrc|: >
2847 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
2848
2849
2850R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
2851
2852To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
2853 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2854
2855
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002856READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002857
2858The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002859few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002860items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
2861command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
2862 let readline_has_bash = 1
2863
2864This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
2865later, and part earlier) adds.
2866
2867
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01002868REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
2869
2870Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
2871language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
2872the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
2873
2874
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002875RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
2876
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002877Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
2878select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
2879syntax list.
2880
2881To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002882 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002883
2884To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
2885`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
2886 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002887 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
2888 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002889 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002890 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002891
2892To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
2893 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
2894
2895To enable folding of sections: >
2896 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
2897
2898Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
2899
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002900
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002901REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002902
2903If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2904when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
2905to a larger number: >
2906 :let rexx_minlines = 50
2907This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2908displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2909number is that redrawing can become slow.
2910
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02002911Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
2912comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
2913your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
2914>
2915 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
2916
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002917
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002918RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002919
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002920 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
2921 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
2922 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
2923 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
2924 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
2925
2926 *ruby_operators*
2927 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
2928
2929Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
2930
2931 :let ruby_operators = 1
2932<
2933 *ruby_space_errors*
2934 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
2935
2936Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
2937
2938 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
2939<
2940This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
2941as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
2942"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
2943spaces respectively.
2944
2945 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
2946 Ruby: Folding ~
2947
2948Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
2949
2950 :let ruby_fold = 1
2951<
2952This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
2953buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
2954filetypes.
2955
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002956Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
2957"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
2958
2959You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
2960
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002961 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002962<
2963The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
2964
2965 keyword meaning ~
2966 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
2967 ALL Most block syntax (default)
2968 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002969 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002970 def "def" block
2971 class "class" block
2972 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002973 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002974 begin "begin" block
2975 case "case" block
2976 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002977 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
2978 [ Array literal
2979 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
2980 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002981 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002982 : Symbol
2983 # Multiline comment
2984 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002985 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
2986
2987 *ruby_no_expensive*
2988 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002989
2990By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002991of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002992experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
2993you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002994
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002995 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002996<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002997In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
2998
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002999 *ruby_minlines*
3000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003001If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3002scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3003the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003004
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003005 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003006<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003007Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3008largest class or module.
3009
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003010 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3011 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003012
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003013Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3014"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003015
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003016 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003017<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003018
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003019SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003020
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003021By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003022
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003023scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3024Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003025
3026
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003027SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003028
3029The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3030of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3031
3032The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3033case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003034used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003035highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3036 :let sdl_2000=1
3037
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003038This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003039keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3040 :let SDL_no_96=1
3041
3042
3043The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3044satisfied with it for my own projects.
3045
3046
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003047SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003048
3049To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003050highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003051
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003052 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3053<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003054in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3055inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3056by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3057also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3058you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3059
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003060GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3061comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3062comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3063
3064 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3065<
3066Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3067not (yet) affected by this setting.
3068
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003069Bugs:
3070
3071 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3072 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3073 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3074 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3075 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3076 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3077
3078
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003079SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003080
3081The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3082
3083The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3084This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3085closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3086defined for you)
3087
3088Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3089names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3090
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003091Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003092names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3093
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003094Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003095are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3096text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3097<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3098
3099If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3100following syntax groups:
3101
3102 - sgmlBold
3103 - sgmlBoldItalic
3104 - sgmlUnderline
3105 - sgmlItalic
3106 - sgmlLink for links
3107
3108To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3109following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3110are read during initialization) >
3111 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3112
3113You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3114vimrc file: >
3115 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3116
3117(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3118
3119
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003120 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003121SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003122
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003123This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3124shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003125
3126Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003127various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003128
3129 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3130 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3131<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003132See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3133cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3134/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3135that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3136shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3137symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003138
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003139One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003140variables in your <.vimrc>:
3141
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003142 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003143 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003144< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003145 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003146< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003147 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003148< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003149 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003150
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003151< (dash users should use posix)
3152
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003153If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3154default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003155the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3156statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003157sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003158
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003159The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3160
3161 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3162 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3163 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3164 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003165>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003166then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003167syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3168to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003169
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003170 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3171
3172If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3173when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003174to a larger number. Example: >
3175
3176 let sh_minlines = 500
3177
3178This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3179displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3180number is that redrawing can become slow.
3181
3182If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3183reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3184
3185 let sh_maxlines = 100
3186<
3187The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3188speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3189
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003190syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003191unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003192for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3193the following line in your .vimrc: >
3194
3195 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3196<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003197
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003198 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3199 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003200
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003201You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3202Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3203file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3204
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003205 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003206 " ==============
3207 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3208 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3209 unlet b:current_syntax
3210 endif
3211 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3212 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3213 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3214 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3215 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3216<
3217This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3218 awk '...awk code here...'
3219be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3220extended to other languages.
3221
3222
3223SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3224(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003225
3226The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3227
3228- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3229 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3230 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3231
3232- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3233 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003234 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003235 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3236 them in the syntax file.
3237
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003238- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003239 highlighting of # style comments.
3240
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003241 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003242 number of #s.
3243
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003244 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003245 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003246
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003247 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003248 more than one #.
3249
3250Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003251PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003252fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3253the syntax file.
3254
3255
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003256SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3257 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003258 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003259
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003260While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3261custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3262SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003263
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003264Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3265scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3266supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3267buffer by buffer basis.
3268
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003269For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003270
3271
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003272SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3273
3274Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3275designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3276bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3277with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3278
3279
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003280TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003281
3282This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3283for how the filetype is detected.
3284
3285Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003286is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3287add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003288
3289 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3290
3291If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3292when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3293to a larger number: >
3294
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003295 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003296
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003297This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3298displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3299synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3300tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3301redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003302
3303
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003304TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003305 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003306
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003307 Tex Contents~
3308 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3309 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3310 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3311 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3312 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3313 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3314 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3315 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3316 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3317 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3318 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3319 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3320 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003321 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003322 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003323
3324 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003325 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003326
3327As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3328sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3329 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3330in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3331modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3332 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003333If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003334 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003335<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003336 *g:tex_nospell*
3337 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3338
3339If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3340 let g:tex_nospell=1
3341into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3342comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3343
3344 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003345 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003346
3347Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3348prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3349this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3350 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003351If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3352see |g:tex_nospell|.
3353
3354 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003355 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003356
3357Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3358one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3359want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3360 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003361<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003362 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003363 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003364
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003365The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3366highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3367texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3368terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3369as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003370special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3371 %stopzone
3372which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3373texMathZone.
3374
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003375 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003376 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003377
3378If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3379 :syn sync maxlines=200
3380 :syn sync minlines=50
3381(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003382increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003383if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3384
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003385Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3386|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3387
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003388 *g:tex_fast*
3389
3390Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3391
3392 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3393
3394in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3395highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3396synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3397price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3398folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3399
3400You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3401selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3402
3403 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3404 c : allow texComment syntax
3405 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3406 M : allow texMath syntax
3407 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3408 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3409 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3410 S : allow texStyle syntax
3411 v : allow verbatim syntax
3412 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3413<
3414As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3415but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003416(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003417
3418 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003419 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003420
3421LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3422of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3423package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3424it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3425techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003426by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3427which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3428http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003429
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003430I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3431
3432 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3433<
3434The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3435
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003436 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003437 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003438
3439The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3440although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3441errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3442you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003443 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003444and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003445
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003446 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003447 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003448
3449If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3450code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003451 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3452You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3453(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3454As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3455 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3456You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3457and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3458The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3459has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003460
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003461 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003462 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003463
3464One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3465commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3466following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3467such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3468
3469 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3470 :set ft=tex
3471
3472Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3473always accept such use of @.
3474
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003475 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003476 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003477
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003478If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3479number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3480including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3481superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3482superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3483In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3484
3485One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3486with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003487
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003488 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003489 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3490
3491You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003492<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3493for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003494
3495 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003496 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003497 d = delimiters
3498 m = math symbols
3499 g = Greek
3500 s = superscripts/subscripts
3501<
3502By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3503substitution will not be made.
3504
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003505 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3506 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3507
3508Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3509keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3510syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3511
3512 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3513 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3514 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003515 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003516 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3517 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3518 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003519 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003520
3521 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3522 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3523
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003524 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3525 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3526
3527 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3528
3529 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3530 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3531
3532 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3533 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3534 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3535 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3536
3537 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3538 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3539<
3540 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3541 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3542 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3543< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3544 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3545
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003546 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3547 Tex: Match Check Control~
3548
3549 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003550 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3551 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003552 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3553 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3554 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3555< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3556 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3557 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3558< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3559 regions, >
3560 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3561< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003562
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003563TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003564
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003565There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3566
3567For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3568set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3569
3570 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3571<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003572VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3573 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003574There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003575updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3576g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3577improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003578
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003579 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3580 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3581<
3582 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3583 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003584
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003585 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3586The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3587embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003588
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003589 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3590 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003591 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3592 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3593 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3594 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3595 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003596<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003597By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3598itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3599of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3600and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003601 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003602
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003603Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003604
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003605 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3606 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3607 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003608 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003609 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3610 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3611 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3612 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3613 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003614<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003615 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003616Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3617is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003618highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003619
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003620 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3621<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003622
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003623
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003624WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3625
3626The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3627with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3628bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3629https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3630
3631
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003632XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003633
3634The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3635variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3636You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3637xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3638your .vimrc. Example: >
3639 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3640When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3641
3642Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3643"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3644highlighted.
3645
3646
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003647XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003648
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003649Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003650setting a global variable: >
3651
3652 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3653<
3654 *xml-folding*
3655The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003656start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003657
3658 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3659 :set foldmethod=syntax
3660
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003661Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003662especially for large files.
3663
3664
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003665X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003666
3667xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3668XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3669you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3670
3671To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3672somewhere else with "P".
3673
3674Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3675 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003676 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003677 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003678 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3679 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003680 :endfunction
3681 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3682 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3683This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3684It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3685must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3686
3687It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3688 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3689
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003690
3691YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3692
3693 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003694A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3695non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3696plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3697and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3698integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003699will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3700
3701Schema Description ~
3702failsafe No additional highlighting.
3703json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3704core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003705pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3706 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3707 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003708 schema.
3709
3710Default schema is `core`.
3711
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003712Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3713only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003714difference defined in the syntax file.
3715
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003716
3717ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3718
3719The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3720
3721 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3722
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003723==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010037246. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003725
3726Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3727
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037281. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003729 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the 'iskeyword'
3730 option. It cannot contain other syntax items. It will only match with a
3731 complete word (there are no keyword characters before or after the match).
3732 The keyword "if" would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because
3733 "(" is not a keyword character and "d" is.
3734
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037352. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003736 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3737
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037383. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003739 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3740 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3741 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3742
3743Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3744you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3745to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3746and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3747"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3748one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3749This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3750each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3751for a lot of groups.
3752
3753Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3754group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3755for the syntax group with the same name.
3756
3757In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3758defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3759using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3760match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3761keyword with ignoring case.
3762
3763
3764PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3765
3766When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3767
37681. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3769 defined last has priority.
37702. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
37713. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3772 start in later positions.
3773
3774
3775DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3776
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003777:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003778 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3779 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3780 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3781 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3782
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003783:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003784 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003785
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003786
3787DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3788
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003789:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3790:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003791 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3792 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3793
3794 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3795 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3796
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003797 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003798 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3799 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3800 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3801
3802:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003803 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
3804 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003805
3806 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3807
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003808SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3809
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003810:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
3811:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
3812:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003813 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3814 in a syntax item:
3815
3816 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3817 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3818 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3819
3820 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3821 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
3822 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
3823
3824 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
3825
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003826:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003827 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
3828 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003829
3830
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003831SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
3832
3833:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
3834 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
3835 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
3836
3837 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
3838 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003839 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003840
3841 Example: >
3842 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
3843<
3844 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
3845 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
3846 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
3847
3848 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
3849
3850 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01003851 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003852 match.
3853
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02003854 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
3855 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003856 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003857
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003858DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3859
3860:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3861
3862 This defines a number of keywords.
3863
3864 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3865 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3866 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3867
3868 Example: >
3869 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3870<
3871 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3872 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3873 These examples do exactly the same: >
3874 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3875 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3876 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02003877< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003878 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3879 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3880 variations at once: >
3881 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3882<
3883 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3884 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3885 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3886 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3887 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003888 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003889
3890 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3891 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3892 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3893
3894 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3895 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3896 instead.
3897
3898 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3899
3900 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3901 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3902 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003903 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003904 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3905 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3906< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3907 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3908 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3909
3910
3911DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3912
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003913:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
3914 [excludenl]
3915 [keepend]
3916 {pattern}
3917 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003918
3919 This defines one match.
3920
3921 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3922 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3923 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3924 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3925 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003926 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3927 match with the end pattern. See
3928 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003929 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3930 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3931 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3932 line, which makes the match depend on where
3933 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3934 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3935
3936 Example (match a character constant): >
3937 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3938<
3939
3940DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
3941 *E398* *E399*
3942:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
3943 [matchgroup={group-name}]
3944 [keepend]
3945 [extend]
3946 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003947 start={start-pattern} ..
3948 [skip={skip-pattern}]
3949 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003950 [{options}]
3951
3952 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
3953
3954 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3955 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3956 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
3957 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
3958 for the text in between the matched start and
3959 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
3960 a different group for the start or end match.
3961 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
3962 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3963 match with the end pattern. See
3964 |:syn-keepend|.
3965 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003966 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003967 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3968 extend a containing match or item. Only
3969 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
3970 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003971 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003972 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003973 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003974 the region where not to look for the end
3975 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003976 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003977 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3978
3979 Example: >
3980 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3981<
3982 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
3983 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
3984 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
3985 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
3986 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
3987 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
3988
3989 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
3990 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
3991 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
3992 the end patterns.
3993
3994 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
3995 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
3996 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
3997
3998 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
3999 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4000 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4001 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4002
4003 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4004 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4005 work: >
4006 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4007 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4008< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4009 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4010 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4011 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4012 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4013< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4014 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4015
4016 *:syn-keepend*
4017 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4018 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4019 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4020 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4021 { starts outer "{}" region
4022 { starts contained "{}" region
4023 } ends contained "{}" region
4024 } ends outer "{} region
4025 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4026 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4027 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4028 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4029 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4030 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4031 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4032< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4033 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4034
4035 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4036 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4037 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4038 contained matches.
4039 *:syn-extend*
4040 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4041 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4042 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4043 extended.
4044 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4045 others don't. Example: >
4046
4047 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4048 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4049 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4050
4051< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4052 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4053 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4054
4055 Another example: >
4056 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4057< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4058 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4059 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4060 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4061 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4062
4063 *:syn-excludenl*
4064 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4065 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4066 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4067 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4068 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4069 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4070 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4071 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4072 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4073 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4074 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4075 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4076 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4077
4078 *:syn-matchgroup*
4079 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4080 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4081 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4082< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4083 between with the "String" group.
4084 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4085 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4086 using a matchgroup.
4087
4088 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4089 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4090 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4091 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4092 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4093
4094 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4095 different colors: >
4096 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4097 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4098 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4099 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4100 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4101 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004102<
4103 *E849*
4104The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004105
4106==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010041077. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004108
4109The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4110The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4111and may be mixed with patterns.
4112
4113Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4114can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004115 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004116 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4117:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4118:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4119:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004120
4121These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004122 conceal
4123 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004124 contained
4125 containedin
4126 nextgroup
4127 transparent
4128 skipwhite
4129 skipnl
4130 skipempty
4131
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004132conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4133
4134When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004135Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004136'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4137concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4138edit the line.
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02004139Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004140
4141concealends *:syn-concealends*
4142
4143When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4144the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4145Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4146'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
4147in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
4148
4149cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004150 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004151The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4152when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4153argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004154character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4155a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004156 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004157See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004158
4159contained *:syn-contained*
4160
4161When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4162the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4163another match. Example: >
4164 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4165 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4166
4167
4168display *:syn-display*
4169
4170If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4171detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4172by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4173to be displayed.
4174
4175Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4176conditions:
4177- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4178 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4179 line.
4180- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4181 make it continue on the next line.
4182- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4183 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4184 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4185- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4186 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4187 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4188 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4189
4190Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4191- match with a number
4192- match with a label
4193
4194
4195transparent *:syn-transparent*
4196
4197If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4198itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4199is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4200only to skip over a part of the text.
4201
4202The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4203unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4204avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4205highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4206 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4207 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4208 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4209 :hi link myString String
4210 :hi link myWord Comment
4211Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4212match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4213argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4214it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4215out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004216"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004217happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4218position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4219
4220When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4221items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4222see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4223through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4224
4225 look from here
4226
4227 | | | | | |
4228 V V V V V V
4229
4230 xxxx yyy more contained items
4231 .................... contained item (transparent)
4232 ============================= first item
4233
4234The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4235transparent group.
4236
4237What you see is:
4238
4239 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4240
4241Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4242
4243
4244oneline *:syn-oneline*
4245
4246The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4247boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4248region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4249the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4250continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4251line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4252
4253When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4254pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4255end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4256means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4257be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4258line break.
4259
4260
4261fold *:syn-fold*
4262
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004263The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004264Example: >
4265 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4266 :syn sync fromstart
4267 :set foldmethod=syntax
4268This will make each {} block form one fold.
4269
4270The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4271ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4272The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004273See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4274from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004275{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4276
4277
4278 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004279contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004280
4281The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4282groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4283containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4284regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4285this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4286here.
4287
4288contains=ALL
4289 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4290 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4291
4292contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4293 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4294 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4295 are listed. Example: >
4296 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4297
4298contains=TOP
4299 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4300 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4301 argument.
4302contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4303 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4304
4305contains=CONTAINED
4306 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4307 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4308 argument.
4309contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4310 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4311 listed.
4312
4313
4314The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4315that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4316The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4317 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4318The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4319that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4320command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4321syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4322the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4323group names.
4324
4325The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4326region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4327|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4328region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4329area that is highlighted
4330
4331
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004332containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004333
4334The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4335item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4336containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4337
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004338The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004339
4340This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4341be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4342of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4343the C syntax: >
4344 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4345Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4346level.
4347
4348Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4349appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4350keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4351work.
4352
4353
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004354nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004355
4356The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4357separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4358
4359If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4360tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4361a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4362will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4363current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4364other groups. Example: >
4365 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4366 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4367 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4368
4369This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4370"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4371highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4372
4373 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4374 fff bbb fff bbb
4375
4376Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4377when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4378highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4379would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4380
4381
4382skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4383skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4384skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4385
4386These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4387used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004388 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004389 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4390 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4391
4392When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4393next group that matches the white space.
4394
4395When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4396line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4397line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4398the current item in the same line.
4399
4400When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4401groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4402for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4403space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4404
4405Example: >
4406 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4407 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4408 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4409Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4410match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4411precedence.
4412Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4413"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4414example).
4415
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004416IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4417
4418:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4419 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4420 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4421 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4422 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4423 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4424 given explicitly.
4425
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004426:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004427 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004428
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004429==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044308. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004431
4432In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4433characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4434use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4435use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4436 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4437 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4438
4439See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004440always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004441value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4442not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4443independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4444
4445Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4446This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4447
4448 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4449The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4450change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4451match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4452are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4453pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4454
4455The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4456The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4457
4458ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4459me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4460hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4461he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4462rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4463re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4464lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4465
4466The {offset} can be:
4467
4468s start of the matched pattern
4469s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4470s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4471e end of the matched pattern
4472e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4473e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004474{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004475
4476Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4477
4478Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4479meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4480
4481 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4482match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4483region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4484region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4485region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4486
4487Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4488 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4489<
4490 some "string" text
4491 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4492
4493Notes:
4494- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4495 offset(s).
4496- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4497- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4498 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004499- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004500 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004501 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004502- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4503 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4504 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4505
4506Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4507 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4508<
4509 /* this is a comment */
4510 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4511
4512A more complicated Example: >
4513 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4514<
4515 abcfoostringbarabc
4516 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004517 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004518
4519Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4520
4521Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4522with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004523in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004524
4525The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4526be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4527cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4528characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4529used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4530specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4531
4532 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4533 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4534 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4535<
4536 ___zzzz ___wwww
4537 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4538 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4539 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4540
4541The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4542unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4543
4544
4545Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4546
4547The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4548expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4549
4550When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4551allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004552following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4553the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004554
4555The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4556continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4557matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4558halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4559previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4560is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4561 x x a
4562 b x x
4563Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4564after the "\n".
4565
4566
4567External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4568
4569These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4570
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004571 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004572 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4573 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4574 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004575
4576 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4577 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4578 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4579 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4580
4581Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4582sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4583shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4584items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4585referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4586example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4587 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4588
4589As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4590it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004591changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004592first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4593also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004594 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004595
4596Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4597indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4598to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4599Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4600within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4601sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4602the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4603
4604Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4605cannot be referred to.
4606
4607==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010046089. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004609
4610:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4611 [add={group-name}..]
4612 [remove={group-name}..]
4613
4614This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4615single name.
4616
4617 contains={group-name}..
4618 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4619 add={group-name}..
4620 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4621 remove={group-name}..
4622 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4623
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004624A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4625nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4626this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004627
4628Example: >
4629 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4630 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4631
4632As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4633retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4634to speak: >
4635 :syntax keyword A aaa
4636 :syntax keyword B bbb
4637 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4638 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4639 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4640
4641This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4642 :syntax keyword A aaa
4643 :syntax keyword B bbb
4644 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4645 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4646 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4647 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4648 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004649<
4650 *E848*
4651The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004652
4653==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100465410. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004655
4656It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4657a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4658two different ways:
4659
4660 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4661 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4662 the |:runtime| command: >
4663
4664 " In cpp.vim:
4665 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4666 :unlet b:current_syntax
4667
4668< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4669 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4670 ":syntax include" command:
4671
4672:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4673
4674 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4675 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4676 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4677 that list. >
4678
4679 " In perl.vim:
4680 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4681 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4682<
4683 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4684 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4685 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4686 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4687 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004688 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4689 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004690
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004691 *E847*
4692The maximum number of includes is 999.
4693
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004694==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100469511. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004696
4697Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4698make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4699redrawing starts.
4700
4701:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4702
4703There are four ways to synchronize:
47041. Always parse from the start of the file.
4705 |:syn-sync-first|
47062. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4707 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4708 |:syn-sync-second|
47093. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4710 |:syn-sync-third|
47114. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4712 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4713
4714 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4715For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4716limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4717
4718If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4719that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4720lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4721
4722If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4723for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4724adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4725slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004726 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004727<
4728 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4729When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4730cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4731start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4732the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4733break use this: >
4734 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4735The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4736change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4737value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4738
4739
4740First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4741>
4742 :syntax sync fromstart
4743
4744The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4745accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4746so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004747when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004748case: to the end of the file).
4749
4750Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4751
4752
4753Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4754
4755For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4756Example: >
4757 :syntax sync ccomment
4758
4759When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4760comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4761used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4762An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4763 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4764This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4765used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4766region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4767
4768The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4769lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4770lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4771lines, but it hard to sync on).
4772
4773Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4774that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4775is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4776chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4777is hardly ever noticed.
4778
4779
4780Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4781
4782For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4783Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4784means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4785Example: >
4786 :syntax sync minlines=50
4787
4788"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4789
4790
4791Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4792
4793The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4794sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4795region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4796starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4797the search continues backwards in the file.
4798
4799This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4800matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4801- Keywords cannot be used.
4802- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4803 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4804- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4805 forwards.
4806- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4807 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4808 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004809 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004810- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4811 group of continued lines).
4812- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4813 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4814 line (or group of continued lines).
4815- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4816 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4817 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
4818 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
4819
4820There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
48211. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
4822 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
4823 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
4824 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
48252. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
4826 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
4827 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
4828 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
4829Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
4830
4831Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
4832avoid finding unwanted matches.
4833
4834[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
4835search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
4836highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
4837faster.]
4838
4839 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
4840 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4841
4842 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
4843 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
4844 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
4845 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
4846 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
4847
4848 *syn-sync-groupthere*
4849 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4850
4851 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
4852 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
4853 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
4854 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
4855 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
4856 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
4857 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
4858 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
4859 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
4860 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
4861
4862 :syntax sync match ..
4863 :syntax sync region ..
4864
4865 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
4866 skipped while searching for a sync point.
4867
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004868 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004869 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
4870
4871 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
4872 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
4873 consider the lines to be concatenated.
4874
4875If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
4876searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
4877few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
4878 :syntax sync maxlines=100
4879
4880You can clear all sync settings with: >
4881 :syntax sync clear
4882
4883You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
4884 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
4885
4886==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100488712. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004888
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00004889This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004890
4891 :sy[ntax] [list]
4892
4893To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
4894
4895 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
4896
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02004897To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004898
4899 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
4900
4901See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
4902
4903Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
4904is mostly used, because it looks better.
4905
4906==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100490713. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004908
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004909In the next section you can find information about indivisual highlight groups
4910and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
4911of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00004912
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004913 colorscheme pablo
4914<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004915 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02004916:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
4917 This is basically the same as >
4918 :echo g:colors_name
4919< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
4920 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
4921 feature it will output "unknown".
4922
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004923:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02004924 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004925 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01004926 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
4927 "start" and then under "opt".
4928
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004929 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004930 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004931
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004932You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
4933appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
4934the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
4935darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004936
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004937 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
4938 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004939<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004940For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
4941use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
4942the original color scheme: >
4943 runtime colors/evening.vim
4944 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004945
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004946Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
4947(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
4948autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
4949|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
4950
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01004951 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004952If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
4953using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
4954color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
4955 augroup my_colorschemes
4956 au!
4957 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
4958 augroup END
4959
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01004960Change a couple more colors: >
4961 augroup my_colorschemes
4962 au!
4963 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00004964 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01004965 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
4966 augroup END
4967
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004968If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
4969colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
4970 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
4971 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
4972
4973With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
4974different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
4975group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
4976you can find them here:
4977https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
4978
4979For info about writing a color scheme file: >
4980 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
4981
4982
4983==============================================================================
498414. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
4985
4986There are three types of highlight groups:
4987- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
4988 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
4989 linked to a group of the second type.
4990- The ones used for all syntax languages.
4991- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
4992 *hitest.vim*
4993You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
4994 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
4995This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
4996in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004997
4998:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
4999 attributes set.
5000
5001:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5002 List one highlight group.
5003
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005004 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005005:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005006 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005007 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5008 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005009 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005010
5011:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5012:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5013 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5014 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5015
5016:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5017 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005018 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005019 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005020 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005021 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5022 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5023 argument.
5024
5025Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5026default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5027highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5028values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5029the default value.
5030
5031A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5032a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5033
5034 :hi Comment gui=bold
5035
5036Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5037specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5038result is like this single command has been used: >
5039 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5040<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005041 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005042When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5043also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5044 :verbose hi Comment
5045< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005046 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005047
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005048When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5049mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005050
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005051 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5052There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5053term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005054cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005055 termcap entry)
5056gui the GUI
5057
5058For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5059the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5060
50611. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5062
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005063 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005064 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5065 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5066 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005067term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005068 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005069 following items (in any order):
5070 bold
5071 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005072 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005073 underdouble not always available
5074 underdotted not always available
5075 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005076 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005077 reverse
5078 inverse same as reverse
5079 italic
5080 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005081 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005082 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5083
5084 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5085 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005086 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005087 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005088 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005089 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5090 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5091 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5092 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5093 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5094
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005095< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5096 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5097 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5098 have to specify the codes like this: >
5099 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5100 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5101 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5102< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5103 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5104 fallback.
5105
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005106
5107start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5108stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5109 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5110 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5111
5112 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5113 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5114 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5115 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5116 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5117 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5118 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5119
5120 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5121
5122 1. A string with escape sequences.
5123 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5124 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5125 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5126 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5127
5128 2. A list of terminal codes.
5129 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5130 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5131 White space is not allowed. Example:
5132 start=t_C1,t_BL
5133 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5134
5135
51362. highlight arguments for color terminals
5137
5138cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5139 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5140 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5141 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5142 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005143 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5144 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5145 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005146
5147ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5148ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005149ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5150 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5151 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5152
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005153 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5154 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5155 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5156 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5157 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5158 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5159
5160 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5161 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5162 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5163 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5164 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005165 *tmux*
5166 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5167 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005168 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5169 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005170< More info at:
5171 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5172 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005173
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005174 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5175 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5176 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005177 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5178 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5179
5180 *cterm-colors*
5181 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5182 0 0 Black
5183 1 4 DarkBlue
5184 2 2 DarkGreen
5185 3 6 DarkCyan
5186 4 1 DarkRed
5187 5 5 DarkMagenta
5188 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5189 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5190 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5191 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5192 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5193 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5194 12 1* Red, LightRed
5195 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5196 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5197 15 7* White
5198
5199 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5200 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5201 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5202 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5203 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5204 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5205 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5206 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5207 a number instead of a color name.
5208
5209 The case of the color names is ignored.
5210 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005211 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5212 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005213
5214 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5215 colors!
5216
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005217 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5218
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005219 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5220 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5221 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5222 Example: >
5223 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5224< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005225 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5226 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5227 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5228 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5229 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005230 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005231 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005232 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005233
5234 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5235 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5236 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5237 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005238 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5239 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5240 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5241 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5242 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005243 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5244< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005245 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005246 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5247
5248
52493. highlight arguments for the GUI
5250
5251gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5252 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5253 See |attr-list| for a description.
5254 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5255 have the same effect.
5256 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5257
5258font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5259 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5260 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5261 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5262<
5263 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5264 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5265 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5266 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005267 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005268 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5269 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5270 changed.
5271 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5272 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5273 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005274 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5275 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5276 Example: >
5277 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005278
5279guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5280guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005281guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5282 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005283 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5284 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005285 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005286 NONE no color (transparent)
5287 bg use normal background color
5288 background use normal background color
5289 fg use normal foreground color
5290 foreground use normal foreground color
5291 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5292 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5293 Example: >
5294 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5295<
5296 *gui-colors*
5297 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5298 Red LightRed DarkRed
5299 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5300 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5301 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5302 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5303 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5304 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5305 Black White
5306 Orange Purple Violet
5307
5308 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5309 |win32-colors|.
5310
5311 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5312 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5313 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005314 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005315 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005316 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005317 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005318<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005319 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005320 repeatedly, you can define a name for it in |v:colornames|. For
5321 example: >
5322
5323 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5324 # override it.
5325 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5326 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5327<
5328 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5329 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5330 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5331 scheme: >
5332
5333 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5334 colorscheme alt
5335<
5336 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5337 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5338 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5339 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5340 by a color scheme using: >
5341
5342 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5343 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5344<
5345
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005346 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5347These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5348'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5349of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5350command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005351When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5352unreadable use Visual selection.
5353
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005354 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005355ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005356 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005357Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5358 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005359 *hl-Cursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005360Cursor Character under the cursor.
5361lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5362 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005363 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005364CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005365 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005366CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005367 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005368CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005369 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005370Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005371 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005372DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005373 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005374DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005375 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005376DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005377 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005378DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005379 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005380EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005381 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005382 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005383ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005384 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005385VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005386 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005387Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005388 *hl-FoldColumn*
5389FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5390 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005391SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005392 *hl-IncSearch*
5393IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005394 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005395 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005396LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005397 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005398 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5399LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5400 option is set, above the cursor line.
5401 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5402LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5403 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005404 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005405CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5406 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005407 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5408CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005409 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5410CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005411 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005412MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005413 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005414 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005415MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5416 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005417 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005418ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005419 *hl-MoreMsg*
5420MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5421 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005422NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5423 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5424 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5425 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5426 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005427 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005428Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005429 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005430Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005431 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005432PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005433 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005434PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005435 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5436PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005437 *hl-PopupNotification*
5438PopupNotification
5439 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5440 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005441 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005442Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005443 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5444QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005445 *hl-Search*
5446Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005447 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005448 *hl-CurSearch*
5449CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005450 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5451 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005452 *hl-SpecialKey*
5453SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5454 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005455 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005456 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005457 *hl-SpellBad*
5458SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5459 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005460 *hl-SpellCap*
5461SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5462 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005463 *hl-SpellLocal*
5464SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5465 used in another region. |spell|
5466 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5467 *hl-SpellRare*
5468SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5469 hardly ever used. |spell|
5470 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005471 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005472StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005473 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5474StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005475 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005476 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005477 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005478StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005479 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005480StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5481 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005482 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005483TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005484 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005485TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005486 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005487TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005488 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005489Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005490 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005491Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005492 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005493Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005494 *hl-VisualNOS*
5495VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5496 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5497 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005498WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005499 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005500WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005501
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005502 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005503The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005504statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005505
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005506For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005507scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5508Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5509and guifg.
5510
5511 *hl-Menu*
5512Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5513 Also used for the toolbar.
5514 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5515
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005516 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005517 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5518 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5519 set.
5520
5521 *hl-Scrollbar*
5522Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5523 scrollbars.
5524 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5525
5526 *hl-Tooltip*
5527Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5528 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5529
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005530 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005531 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5532 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5533 set.
5534
5535==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100553615. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005537
5538When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5539can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5540group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5541
5542To set a link:
5543
5544 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5545
5546To remove a link:
5547
5548 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5549
5550Notes: *E414*
5551- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5552 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5553- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5554 removed.
5555- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5556 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5557 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5558 links for groups that already have settings.
5559
5560 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5561The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5562group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5563will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5564
5565Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5566specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5567 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5568If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5569 :highlight link cComment Question
5570Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5571overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5572
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005573To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5574highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5575another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5576"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5577 highlight! default link cComment Question
5578
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005579==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100558016. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005581
5582If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5583command: >
5584 :syntax clear
5585
5586This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5587or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5588in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5589load the syntax file.
5590The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5591loaded after this command.
5592
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005593To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5594 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5595This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5596
5597To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5598 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5599This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5600
5601 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005602If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5603the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5604 :syntax off
5605
5606What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5607 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5608See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5609$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5610
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005611 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5612If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5613defaults back: >
5614
5615 :syntax reset
5616
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005617It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5618affects the highlighting.
5619
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005620This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5621
5622Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5623back to their Vim default.
5624Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5625scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5626
5627What this actually does is: >
5628
5629 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5630 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5631
5632Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5633
5634 *syncolor*
5635If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5636script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5637'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5638the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5639reset" command.
5640
5641For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5642
5643 if &background == "light"
5644 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5645 else
5646 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5647 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005648<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005649 *E679*
5650Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5651'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5652endless loop.
5653
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005654Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5655your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5656depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5657
5658 *syntax_cmd*
5659The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5660syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005661 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005662 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005663 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5664 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5665 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005666 the colors.
5667 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5668 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5669 them.
5670
5671==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100567217. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005673
5674If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5675mappings.
5676
5677 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5678 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5679>
5680 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5681 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5682
5683WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5684memory Vim will consume.
5685
5686Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005687must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5688at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005689
5690Put these lines in your Makefile:
5691
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005692# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005693types: types.vim
5694types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005695 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005696 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5697 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5698
5699And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5700
5701 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005702 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005703 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005704 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005705 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5706
5707==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100570818. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005709
5710Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5711possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5712private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5713with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5714highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5715italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5716
5717To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5718windows on the buffer: >
5719 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005720< *w:current_syntax*
5721This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5722"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5723restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5724"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5725"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005726Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005727
5728Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005729on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005730syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005731same buffer.
5732
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005733A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5734is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5735When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005736
5737==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100573819. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005739
5740Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5741default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5742 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5743 : if has("terminfo")
5744 : set t_Co=8
5745 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5746 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5747 : else
5748 : set t_Co=8
5749 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5750 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5751 : endif
5752 :endif
5753< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5754
5755You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5756e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5757
5758Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5759be wrong.
5760 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5761The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5762But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5763 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5764 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5765<
5766 *colortest.vim*
5767To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005768To use it, execute this command: >
5769 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005770
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005771Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005772output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5773at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5774colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5775
5776 *xfree-xterm*
5777To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005778included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005779at: >
5780 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5781Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5782termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5783supports. >
5784 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5785If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5786(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5787
5788This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5789 :if has("terminfo")
5790 : set t_Co=16
5791 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5792 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5793 :else
5794 : set t_Co=16
5795 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5796 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5797 :endif
5798< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5799
5800Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
5801translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
5802Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
5803
5804For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
5805
5806 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
5807 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
5808
5809Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
5810and try if that works.
5811
5812You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
5813 XTerm*color0: #000000
5814 XTerm*color1: #c00000
5815 XTerm*color2: #008000
5816 XTerm*color3: #808000
5817 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
5818 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
5819 XTerm*color6: #008080
5820 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
5821 XTerm*color8: #808080
5822 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
5823 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
5824 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
5825 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
5826 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
5827 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
5828 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
5829 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
5830
5831[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
5832cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005833newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005834
5835To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
5836Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
5837 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
5838<
5839 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
5840To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
5841Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
5842these resources:
5843 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
5844 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
5845 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
5846 XTerm*cursorColor: White
5847
5848 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005849These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005850foreground colors: >
5851 :if has("terminfo")
5852 : set t_Co=8
5853 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
5854 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5855 :else
5856 : set t_Co=8
5857 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
5858 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5859 :endif
5860< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5861
5862 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
5863These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
5864emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
5865bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
5866 :set t_Co=16
5867 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
5868 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
5869<
5870 *TTpro-telnet*
5871These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
5872open-source program for MS-Windows. >
5873 set t_Co=16
5874 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
5875 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
5876Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
5877that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
5878(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
5879
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005880
5881==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100588220. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005883
5884This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
5885
5886If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
5887faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
5888as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
5889
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005890Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005891You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
5892
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005893To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
5894sequence: >
5895 :syntime on
5896 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
5897 :syntime report
5898
5899This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
5900it took to match them against the text.
5901
5902:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
5903 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
5904 matching.
5905
5906:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
5907
5908:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
5909
5910:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
5911 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
5912 the output.
5913
5914 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
5915 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
5916 matching this pattern.
5917 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
5918 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
5919 matched
5920 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
5921 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
5922 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
5923 this is not unique.
5924 PATTERN The pattern being used.
5925
5926Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
5927include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
5928pattern does NOT match.
5929
5930When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
5931all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
5932literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
5933
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005934"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005935 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005936"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005937
5938
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02005939 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: